1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
174 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
176 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
177 must be kept around forever. */
178 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
180 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
181 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
182 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
184 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
186 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
187 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
188 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
189 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
190 define type declaration DIE's. */
191 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
193 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
194 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
195 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
198 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
199 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
200 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
202 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
203 Information instructions. The register number, offset
204 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
205 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
207 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
209 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
215 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
217 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
219 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
220 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
224 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
226 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
227 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
228 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
230 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
235 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
236 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
237 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
238 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
239 of this structure. */
240 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
242 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
243 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
245 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
248 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
249 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
250 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
251 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
252 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
254 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
257 const char *dw_fde_begin;
258 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
259 const char *dw_fde_end;
260 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
261 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
262 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
263 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
264 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
265 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
266 unsigned funcdef_number;
267 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
268 unsigned nothrow : 1;
269 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
273 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
274 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
276 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
277 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
278 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
279 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
281 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
282 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
285 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
286 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
287 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
290 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
291 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
294 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
295 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
296 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
299 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
300 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
302 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
303 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
306 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
308 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
309 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
310 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
312 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
313 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
314 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
315 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
317 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
321 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
322 information for each routine. */
323 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
325 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
326 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
328 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
329 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
331 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
333 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
335 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
336 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
340 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
341 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
342 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
343 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
346 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
349 unsigned int refcount;
354 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
356 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
357 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
359 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
361 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
363 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
364 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
365 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
366 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
368 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
369 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
370 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
371 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
372 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
373 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
374 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
375 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
376 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
377 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
378 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
380 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
381 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
382 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
383 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
384 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
386 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
388 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
389 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
390 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
393 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
394 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
395 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
397 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
398 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
401 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
402 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
405 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
406 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
409 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
410 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
412 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
413 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
414 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
415 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
416 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
417 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
418 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
419 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
420 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
421 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
423 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
424 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
426 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
430 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
434 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
435 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
436 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
437 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
440 /* Hook used by __throw. */
443 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
445 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
448 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
449 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
452 stripattributes (const char *s)
454 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
459 while (*s && *s != ',')
466 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
469 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
472 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
473 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
474 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
475 bool wrote_return_column = false;
477 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
478 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
480 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
481 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
484 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
485 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
486 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
488 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
490 wrote_return_column = true;
492 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
497 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
500 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
501 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
502 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
503 wrote_return_column = false;
505 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
508 if (! wrote_return_column)
510 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
511 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
512 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
513 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
517 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
520 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
527 return "DW_CFA_offset";
529 return "DW_CFA_restore";
533 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
536 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
537 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
538 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
539 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
540 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
541 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
542 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
543 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
544 case DW_CFA_undefined:
545 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
546 case DW_CFA_same_value:
547 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
548 case DW_CFA_register:
549 return "DW_CFA_register";
550 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
551 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
552 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
553 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
564 case DW_CFA_expression:
565 return "DW_CFA_expression";
566 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
568 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
569 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
570 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
571 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
573 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
574 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
575 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
580 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
581 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
582 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
583 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
586 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
590 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
592 static inline dw_cfi_ref
595 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
597 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
598 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
599 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
604 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
607 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
611 /* Find the end of the chain. */
612 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
618 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
621 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
623 static char label[20];
625 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
630 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
631 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
634 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
638 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
641 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
643 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
644 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
648 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
650 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
652 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
653 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
654 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
657 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
661 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
664 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
667 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
669 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
671 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
672 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
675 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
678 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
679 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
681 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
682 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
689 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
692 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
696 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
699 loc->base_offset = 0;
701 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
702 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
704 if (fde_table_in_use)
706 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
707 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
708 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
712 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
715 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
717 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
719 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
720 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
722 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
723 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
725 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
726 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
727 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
730 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
737 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
740 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
743 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
745 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
746 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
747 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
748 && (loc1->indirect == 0
749 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
752 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
753 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
756 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
759 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
764 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
765 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
767 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
768 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
770 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
771 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
776 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
785 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
786 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
787 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
790 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
791 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
792 offset has not changed. */
793 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
798 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
800 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
801 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
802 the specified offset. */
803 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
804 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
805 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
809 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
810 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
811 register-offset pair is available. */
812 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
814 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
815 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
816 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
819 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
822 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
823 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
824 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
825 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
828 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
830 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
832 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
834 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
837 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
839 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
843 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
845 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
846 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
847 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
849 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
851 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
854 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
856 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
858 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
860 else if (sreg == reg)
861 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
865 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
868 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
871 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
872 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
873 from the previous frame's window save area.
875 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
876 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
879 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
881 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
883 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
888 pushed onto the stack. */
891 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
895 if (size == old_args_size)
898 old_args_size = size;
901 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
902 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
903 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
906 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
907 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
915 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
916 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
919 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
921 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
924 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
925 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
928 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
930 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
933 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
934 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
937 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
939 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
940 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
945 /* RA is in a register. */
946 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
950 /* RA is on the stack. */
952 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
955 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
960 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
961 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
965 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
966 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
976 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
977 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
978 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
979 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
980 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
987 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
988 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
991 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
995 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
997 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
998 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
999 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1002 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1004 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1005 code = GET_CODE (src);
1006 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1007 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1008 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1011 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1015 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1017 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1018 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1019 code = GET_CODE (src);
1025 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1027 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1028 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1029 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1030 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1031 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1038 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1040 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1047 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1049 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1064 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1065 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1066 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1069 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1071 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1075 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1076 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1077 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1078 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1079 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1086 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1088 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1089 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1090 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1091 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1092 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1093 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1094 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1095 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1100 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1102 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1103 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1106 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1108 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1109 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1110 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1111 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1112 offset = -args_size;
1117 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1118 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1119 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1120 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1122 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1124 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1125 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1126 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1134 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1135 cfa.offset += offset;
1137 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1141 args_size += offset;
1145 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1146 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1147 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1148 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1153 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1154 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1155 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1157 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1159 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1161 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1165 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1167 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1168 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1173 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1174 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1175 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1176 more efficient data structure. */
1177 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1178 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1180 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1181 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1183 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1184 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1187 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1189 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1191 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1192 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1194 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1195 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1200 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1201 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1202 queued_reg_saves = q;
1206 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1207 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1209 last_reg_save_label = label;
1212 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1215 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1217 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1219 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1222 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1224 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1225 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1227 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1229 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1230 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1232 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1234 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1235 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1238 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1240 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1242 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1243 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1246 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1247 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1250 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1251 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1252 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1253 have a new location for? */
1256 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1258 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1260 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1263 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1265 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1266 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1267 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1274 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1277 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1280 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1282 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1283 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1285 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1287 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1288 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1290 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1291 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1293 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1294 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1295 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1298 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1301 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1303 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1305 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1307 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1308 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1311 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1312 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1313 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1314 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1320 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1321 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1322 value, not an offset. */
1323 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1325 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1326 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1327 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1328 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1330 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1331 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1332 users need not read the source code.
1334 The High-Level Picture
1336 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1337 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1338 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1339 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1340 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1342 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1343 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1344 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1345 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1346 saves. This also seems to work.
1348 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1349 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1350 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1351 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1352 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1353 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1354 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1355 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1356 value as in the caller.
1358 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1359 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1360 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1361 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1363 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1366 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1368 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1369 consists of a register and an offset.
1370 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1371 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1372 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1373 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1374 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1375 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1376 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1378 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1379 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1380 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1383 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1384 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1385 and cfa_temp.offset.
1387 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1390 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1391 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1392 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1396 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1397 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1400 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1401 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1402 cfa.offset unchanged
1403 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1404 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1407 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1408 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1409 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1410 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1411 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1412 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1415 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1416 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1417 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1420 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1421 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1423 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1424 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1428 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1429 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1431 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1432 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1435 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1436 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1437 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1440 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1441 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1442 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1445 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1449 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1450 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1451 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1454 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1455 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1456 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1458 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1461 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1462 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1463 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1465 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1468 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1471 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1472 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1475 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1476 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1477 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1480 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1481 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1482 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1483 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1486 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1487 Â effects: target-dependent */
1490 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1493 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1495 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1496 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1497 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1498 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1499 flag is set in them. */
1500 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1503 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1505 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1506 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1507 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1509 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1514 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1516 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1517 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1521 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1526 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1529 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1531 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1533 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1536 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1537 relative to the current CFA register.
1539 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1540 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1541 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1542 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1543 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1544 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1545 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1549 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1550 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1551 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1552 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1553 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1554 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1555 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1562 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1566 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1569 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1572 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1574 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1580 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1582 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1583 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1584 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1586 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1587 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1590 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1592 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1594 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1595 cfa.offset += offset;
1596 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1597 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1599 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1602 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1603 or adjusting the FP */
1604 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1606 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1607 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1608 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1609 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1610 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1612 cfa.offset += offset;
1613 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1617 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1620 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1621 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1622 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1624 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1625 into the FP later on. */
1626 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1627 cfa.offset += offset;
1628 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1629 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1630 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1631 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1635 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1636 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1637 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1639 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1640 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1641 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1642 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1643 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1647 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1648 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1650 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1651 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1660 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1661 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1666 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1667 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1668 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1670 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1671 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1672 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1675 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1676 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1683 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1684 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1685 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1692 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1696 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1698 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1700 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1705 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1706 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1708 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1710 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1711 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1713 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1714 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1715 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1717 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1723 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1724 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1727 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1728 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1730 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1731 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1732 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1734 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1738 /* With an offset. */
1745 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1746 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1747 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1750 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1752 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1753 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1756 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1757 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1763 /* Without an offset. */
1766 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1768 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1769 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1772 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1773 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1780 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1781 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1782 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1783 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1790 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1791 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1792 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1794 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1796 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1798 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1799 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1801 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1802 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1807 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1808 calculate the CFA. */
1809 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1813 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1815 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1816 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1818 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1823 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1824 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1832 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1833 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1834 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1836 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1837 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1840 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1845 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1849 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1850 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1852 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1855 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1857 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1860 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1862 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1864 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1865 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1867 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1871 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1872 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1874 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1876 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1877 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1881 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1882 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1884 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1886 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1888 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1893 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1894 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1895 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1897 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1898 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1903 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1904 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1906 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1907 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1910 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1911 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1914 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1916 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1918 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1919 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1920 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1922 case DW_CFA_register:
1923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1926 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1931 case DW_CFA_expression:
1932 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1939 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1940 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1941 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1943 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1944 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1948 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1949 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1951 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1952 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1955 case DW_CFA_register:
1956 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1959 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1963 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1965 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1966 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1967 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1968 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1969 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1972 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1975 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1978 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1980 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1981 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1982 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1983 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1985 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1987 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1990 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1992 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1994 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1998 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1999 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2001 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2003 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2005 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2006 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2007 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2010 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2011 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2014 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2015 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2016 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2017 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2020 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2021 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2022 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2023 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2026 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2027 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2028 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2029 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2032 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2033 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2034 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2035 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2038 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2039 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2040 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2045 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2046 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2047 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2052 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2053 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2054 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2055 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2056 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2060 case DW_CFA_register:
2061 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2062 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2063 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2067 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2068 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2069 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2072 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2073 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2076 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2079 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2080 case DW_CFA_expression:
2081 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2084 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2085 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2094 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2095 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2096 location of saved registers. */
2099 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2104 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2105 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2106 char augmentation[6];
2107 int augmentation_size;
2108 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2109 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2110 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2113 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2114 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2117 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2118 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2119 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2120 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2121 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2122 specialization doesn't. */
2123 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2124 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2126 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2127 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2128 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2129 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2130 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2131 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2133 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2134 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2135 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2136 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2139 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2141 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2142 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2143 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2144 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2145 any_eh_needed = true;
2146 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2147 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2148 any_eh_needed = true;
2150 if (! any_eh_needed)
2154 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2159 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2161 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2163 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2166 /* Output the CIE. */
2167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2168 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2169 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2170 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2171 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2173 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2174 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2175 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2176 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2177 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2179 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2181 augmentation[0] = 0;
2182 augmentation_size = 0;
2188 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2189 augmentation section.
2190 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2191 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2192 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2194 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2195 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2197 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2198 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2199 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2201 p = augmentation + 1;
2202 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2205 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2207 if (any_lsda_needed)
2210 augmentation_size += 1;
2212 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2215 augmentation_size += 1;
2217 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2219 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2223 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2224 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2226 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2228 + 1 /* CIE version */
2229 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2230 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2231 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2233 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2234 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2235 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2237 augmentation_size += pad;
2239 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2240 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2241 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2245 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2246 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2247 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2248 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2250 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2251 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2256 if (augmentation[0])
2258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2259 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2261 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2262 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2263 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2264 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2267 if (any_lsda_needed)
2268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2269 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2271 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2273 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2276 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2277 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2279 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2280 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2281 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2282 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2284 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2285 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2287 fde = &fde_table[i];
2289 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2290 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2291 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2292 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2293 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2296 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2297 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2298 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2299 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2300 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2302 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2305 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2307 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2312 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2313 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2314 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2316 "FDE initial location");
2317 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2319 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2320 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2321 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2322 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2323 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2324 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2325 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3,
2326 "FDE initial location");
2327 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2328 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2329 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2330 "FDE address range");
2331 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2,
2332 "FDE initial location");
2333 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2334 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2335 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2336 "FDE address range");
2339 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2340 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2341 "FDE address range");
2345 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2346 "FDE initial location");
2347 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2349 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2350 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2351 "FDE initial location");
2352 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2353 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2354 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2355 "FDE address range");
2356 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2357 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2358 "FDE initial location");
2359 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2360 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2361 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2362 "FDE address range");
2365 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2366 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2367 "FDE address range");
2370 if (augmentation[0])
2372 if (any_lsda_needed)
2374 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2376 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2378 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2379 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2380 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2381 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2382 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2385 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2388 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2390 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2392 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2393 fde->funcdef_number);
2394 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2395 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2396 "Language Specific Data Area");
2400 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2401 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2403 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2404 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2408 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2411 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2413 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2414 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2415 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2417 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2418 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2419 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2420 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2423 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2424 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2425 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2426 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2427 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2428 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2431 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2436 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2440 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2441 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2443 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2447 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2449 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2450 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2451 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2453 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2454 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2457 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2461 function_section (current_function_decl);
2462 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2463 current_function_funcdef_no);
2464 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2465 current_function_funcdef_no);
2466 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2467 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2469 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2470 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2471 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2475 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2476 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2478 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2479 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2480 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2481 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2482 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2485 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2486 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2488 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2489 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2490 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2491 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2492 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2493 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2494 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2495 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2496 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2497 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2498 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2499 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2500 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2501 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2502 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2503 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2505 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2507 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2508 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2509 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2511 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2515 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2516 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2520 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2521 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2524 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2526 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2528 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2529 current_function_funcdef_no);
2530 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2531 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2532 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2536 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2538 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2539 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2540 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2541 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2543 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2544 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2546 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2547 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2548 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2549 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2554 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2556 /* Output call frame information. */
2557 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2558 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2559 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2560 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2563 output_call_frame_info (0);
2565 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2566 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2567 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2568 output_call_frame_info (1);
2573 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2574 for emitting location expressions. */
2576 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2577 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2578 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2581 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2582 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2583 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2584 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2586 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2587 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2588 implementation are listed below. */
2593 dw_val_class_offset,
2595 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2596 dw_val_class_range_list,
2598 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2599 dw_val_class_long_long,
2602 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2603 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2604 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2605 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2609 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2610 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2612 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2619 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2621 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2623 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2629 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2630 represented internally. */
2632 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2634 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2635 union dw_val_struct_union
2637 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2638 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2639 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2640 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2641 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2642 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2643 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2644 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2645 struct dw_val_die_union
2649 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2650 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2651 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2652 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2653 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2655 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2659 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2662 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2664 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2665 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2666 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2667 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2672 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2673 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2674 their entire life. */
2675 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2677 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2678 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2679 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2680 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2681 Only on head of list */
2682 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2683 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2686 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2688 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2689 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2690 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2691 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2692 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2693 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2694 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2695 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2697 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2700 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2705 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2706 return "DW_OP_addr";
2708 return "DW_OP_deref";
2710 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2712 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2714 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2716 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2718 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2720 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2722 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2724 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2726 return "DW_OP_constu";
2728 return "DW_OP_consts";
2732 return "DW_OP_drop";
2734 return "DW_OP_over";
2736 return "DW_OP_pick";
2738 return "DW_OP_swap";
2742 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2750 return "DW_OP_minus";
2762 return "DW_OP_plus";
2763 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2764 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2770 return "DW_OP_shra";
2788 return "DW_OP_skip";
2790 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2792 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2794 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2796 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2798 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2800 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2802 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2804 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2806 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2808 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2810 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2812 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2814 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2816 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2818 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2820 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2822 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2824 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2826 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2828 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2830 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2832 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2834 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2836 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2838 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2840 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2842 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2844 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2846 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2848 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2850 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2852 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2854 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2856 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2858 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2860 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2862 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2864 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2866 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2868 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2870 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2872 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2874 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2876 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2878 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2880 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2882 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2884 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2886 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2888 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2890 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2892 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2894 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2896 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2898 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2900 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2902 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2904 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2906 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2908 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2910 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2912 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2914 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2916 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2918 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2920 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2922 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2924 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2926 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2928 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2930 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2932 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2934 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2936 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2938 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2940 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2942 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2944 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2946 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2948 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2950 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2952 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2954 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2956 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2958 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2960 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2962 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2964 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2966 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2968 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2970 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2972 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2974 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2976 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2978 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2980 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2982 return "DW_OP_regx";
2984 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2986 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2988 return "DW_OP_piece";
2989 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2990 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2991 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2992 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2995 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2996 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2998 return "DW_OP_call2";
3000 return "DW_OP_call4";
3001 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3002 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3003 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3004 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3006 return "OP_<unknown>";
3010 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3011 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3012 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3014 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3015 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3016 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3018 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3020 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3021 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3022 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3023 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3024 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3029 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3032 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3034 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3036 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3037 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3043 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3045 static unsigned long
3046 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3048 unsigned long size = 1;
3050 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3053 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3054 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3073 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3076 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3081 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3082 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3120 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3123 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3126 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3129 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3130 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3133 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3135 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3136 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3145 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3146 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3155 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3157 static unsigned long
3158 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3162 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3164 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3165 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3171 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3174 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3176 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3177 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3179 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3181 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3183 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3187 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3191 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3195 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3196 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3203 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3204 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3206 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3219 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3220 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3221 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3222 only doing unwinding. */
3227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3230 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3233 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3238 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3239 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3273 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3276 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3283 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3288 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3289 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3290 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3293 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3294 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3296 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3299 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3306 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3311 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3314 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3316 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3318 /* Output the opcode. */
3319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3320 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3322 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3323 output_loc_operands (loc);
3327 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3328 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3331 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3333 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3336 /* Output the size of the block. */
3337 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3338 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3339 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3341 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3342 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3345 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3346 a dw_cfa_location. */
3348 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3349 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3351 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3355 if (cfa->base_offset)
3358 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3360 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3362 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3363 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3365 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3367 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3368 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3369 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3370 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3372 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3373 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3378 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3380 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3382 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3383 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3384 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3386 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3392 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3393 descriptor sequence. */
3396 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3398 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3400 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3404 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3406 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3442 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3445 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3479 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3480 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3483 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3484 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3489 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3490 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3493 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3494 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3498 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3500 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3501 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3503 /* .debug_str support. */
3504 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3506 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3507 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3508 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3509 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3510 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3511 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3512 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3513 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3514 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3515 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3516 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3517 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3518 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3519 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3520 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3521 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3523 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3525 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3531 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3532 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3533 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3534 dwarf2out_end_block,
3535 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3536 dwarf2out_source_line,
3537 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3538 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3539 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3540 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3541 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3542 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3543 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3544 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3545 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3546 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3547 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3548 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3549 something tries to reference them. */
3550 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3551 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3552 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3553 dwarf2out_var_location,
3554 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3555 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3559 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3560 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3561 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3563 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3564 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3565 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3566 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3568 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3569 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3571 typedef long int dw_offset;
3573 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3575 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3576 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3577 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3578 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3579 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3581 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3582 line number associated with the label generated for that
3583 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3584 the line number entry. */
3586 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3588 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3589 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3593 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3595 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3597 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3598 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3599 unsigned long function;
3601 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3603 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3604 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3605 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3607 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3609 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3610 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3611 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3615 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3617 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3619 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3621 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3622 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3623 dw_die_ref die_child;
3625 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3626 dw_offset die_offset;
3627 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3629 unsigned int decl_id;
3633 /* The pubname structure */
3635 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3642 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3647 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3648 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3652 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3656 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3657 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3658 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3661 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3662 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3664 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3665 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3666 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3667 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3668 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3669 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3671 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3672 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3673 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3674 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3675 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3676 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3677 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3678 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3679 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3680 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3682 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3683 language, and compiler version. */
3685 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3686 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3687 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3689 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3690 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3692 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3693 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3694 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3695 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3696 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3698 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3699 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3700 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3701 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3702 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3703 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3705 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3706 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3707 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3708 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3710 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3714 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3715 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3716 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3718 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3719 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3721 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3722 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3724 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3725 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3726 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3727 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3728 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3730 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3731 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3732 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3733 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3736 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3737 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3739 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3740 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3742 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3743 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3744 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3745 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3747 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3748 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3749 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3751 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3752 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3754 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3755 const char * GTY (()) label;
3756 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3757 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3760 /* Variable location list. */
3761 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3763 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3765 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3766 it is marked through the chain. */
3767 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3769 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3770 unsigned int decl_id;
3772 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3775 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3776 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3778 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3779 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3780 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3781 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3782 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3784 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3785 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3787 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3788 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3790 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3791 abbrev_die_table. */
3792 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3794 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3795 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3796 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3797 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3799 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3800 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3802 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3803 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3805 /* True if the compilation unit contains more than one .text section. */
3806 static GTY(()) bool have_switched_text_section = false;
3808 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3809 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3810 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3811 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3813 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3814 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3816 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3817 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3819 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3821 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3823 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3824 accessible names. */
3825 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3827 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3828 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3830 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3831 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3833 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3835 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3837 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3838 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3840 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3841 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3843 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3844 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3846 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3848 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3850 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3851 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3853 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3854 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3856 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3857 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3859 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3861 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3863 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3864 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3866 /* Unique label counter. */
3867 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3869 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3870 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3871 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3873 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3874 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3877 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3878 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3880 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3881 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3883 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3885 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3886 within the current function. */
3887 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3889 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3891 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3892 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3893 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3894 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3895 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3896 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3897 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3898 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3899 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3900 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3901 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3902 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3903 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3904 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3905 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3906 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3907 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3908 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3910 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3911 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3912 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3913 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3914 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3915 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3916 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3917 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3918 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3919 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3920 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3921 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3922 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3923 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3924 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3925 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3927 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3928 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3929 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3930 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3931 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3932 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3933 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3934 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3936 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3937 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3938 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3939 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3940 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3941 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3942 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3943 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3944 static bool is_c_family (void);
3945 static bool is_cxx (void);
3946 static bool is_java (void);
3947 static bool is_fortran (void);
3948 static bool is_ada (void);
3949 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3950 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3951 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3952 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3953 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3954 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3955 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3956 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3957 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3958 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3959 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3960 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3961 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3962 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3963 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3964 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3965 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3966 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3967 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3968 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3969 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3970 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3971 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3972 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3973 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3974 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3975 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3976 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3977 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3978 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3979 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3980 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3981 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3982 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3983 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3984 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3985 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3986 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3987 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3988 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3989 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3990 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3991 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3992 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3993 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3994 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3995 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3996 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3997 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3998 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3999 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4000 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4001 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4002 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4003 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4004 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4005 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4006 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4007 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4008 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4009 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4010 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4011 static void output_pubnames (void);
4012 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4013 static void output_aranges (void);
4014 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4015 static void output_ranges (void);
4016 static void output_line_info (void);
4017 static void output_file_names (void);
4018 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4019 static tree root_type (tree);
4020 static int is_base_type (tree);
4021 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4022 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4023 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4024 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4025 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4026 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4027 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4028 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4029 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4030 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4031 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4032 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4033 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4034 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4035 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4036 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4037 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4038 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4039 static tree field_type (tree);
4040 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4041 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4042 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4043 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4044 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4046 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4047 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4048 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4049 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4050 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4051 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4052 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4053 enum dwarf_attribute);
4054 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4055 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4056 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4057 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4058 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4059 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4060 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4061 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4062 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4063 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4064 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4065 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4066 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4067 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4068 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4069 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4070 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4071 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4072 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4073 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4074 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4075 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4077 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4079 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4081 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4083 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4084 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4085 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4086 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4087 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4088 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4089 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4091 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4092 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4093 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4094 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4095 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4096 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4097 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4098 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4099 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4100 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4101 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4102 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4103 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4104 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4105 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4106 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4107 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4108 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4109 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4110 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4111 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4112 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4113 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4114 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4115 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4116 static void init_file_table (void);
4117 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4118 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4119 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4120 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4121 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4122 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4123 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4124 const char *, const char *,
4126 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4127 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4129 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4130 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4131 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4132 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4133 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4134 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4135 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4137 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4138 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4139 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4141 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4142 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4144 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4145 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4147 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4148 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4150 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4151 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4153 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4154 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4156 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4157 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4159 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4160 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4162 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4163 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4166 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4167 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4168 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4171 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4172 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4173 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4174 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4177 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4178 the section names themselves. */
4180 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4181 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4183 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4184 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4186 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4187 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4189 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4190 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4192 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4193 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4195 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4196 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4198 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4199 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4201 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4202 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4205 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4206 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4207 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4208 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4209 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4211 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4212 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4213 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4214 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4215 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4216 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4217 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4218 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4219 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4220 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4222 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4223 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4225 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4226 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4228 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4229 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4231 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4232 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4234 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4235 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4237 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4238 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4241 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4242 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4244 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4247 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4249 demangle_name_func = func;
4252 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4255 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4257 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4258 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4259 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4262 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4266 type_main_variant (tree type)
4268 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4270 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4271 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4272 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4273 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4275 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4276 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4277 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4282 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4285 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4287 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4289 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4290 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4293 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4296 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4300 case DW_TAG_padding:
4301 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4302 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4303 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4304 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4305 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4306 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4307 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4308 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4309 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4310 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4311 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4312 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4313 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4315 return "DW_TAG_label";
4316 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4317 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4319 return "DW_TAG_member";
4320 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4321 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4322 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4323 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4324 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4325 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4326 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4327 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4328 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4329 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4330 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4331 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4332 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4333 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4334 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4335 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4336 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4337 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4338 case DW_TAG_variant:
4339 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4340 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4341 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4342 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4343 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4344 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4345 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4346 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4347 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4349 return "DW_TAG_module";
4350 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4351 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4352 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4353 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4354 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4355 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4356 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4357 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4358 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4359 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4360 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4361 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4362 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4363 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4364 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4365 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4366 case DW_TAG_constant:
4367 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4368 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4369 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4370 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4371 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4373 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4374 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4375 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4376 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4377 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4378 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4379 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4380 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4381 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4382 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4383 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4384 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4385 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4386 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4387 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4388 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4389 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4390 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4391 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4392 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4393 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4394 case DW_TAG_variable:
4395 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4396 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4397 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4398 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4399 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4400 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4401 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4402 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4403 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4404 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4405 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4406 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4407 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4408 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4409 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4410 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4411 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4413 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4417 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4420 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4425 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4426 case DW_AT_location:
4427 return "DW_AT_location";
4429 return "DW_AT_name";
4430 case DW_AT_ordering:
4431 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4432 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4433 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4434 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4435 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4436 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4437 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4438 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4439 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4440 case DW_AT_element_list:
4441 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4442 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4443 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4445 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4447 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4448 case DW_AT_language:
4449 return "DW_AT_language";
4451 return "DW_AT_member";
4453 return "DW_AT_discr";
4454 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4455 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4456 case DW_AT_visibility:
4457 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4459 return "DW_AT_import";
4460 case DW_AT_string_length:
4461 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4462 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4463 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4464 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4465 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4466 case DW_AT_const_value:
4467 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4468 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4469 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4470 case DW_AT_default_value:
4471 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4473 return "DW_AT_inline";
4474 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4475 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4476 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4477 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4478 case DW_AT_producer:
4479 return "DW_AT_producer";
4480 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4481 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4482 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4483 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4484 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4485 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4486 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4487 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4488 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4489 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4490 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4491 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4492 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4493 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4494 case DW_AT_address_class:
4495 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4496 case DW_AT_artificial:
4497 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4498 case DW_AT_base_types:
4499 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4500 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4501 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4503 return "DW_AT_count";
4504 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4505 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4506 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4507 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4508 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4509 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4510 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4511 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4512 case DW_AT_declaration:
4513 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4514 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4515 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4516 case DW_AT_encoding:
4517 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4518 case DW_AT_external:
4519 return "DW_AT_external";
4520 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4521 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4523 return "DW_AT_friend";
4524 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4525 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4526 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4527 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4528 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4529 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4530 case DW_AT_priority:
4531 return "DW_AT_priority";
4533 return "DW_AT_segment";
4534 case DW_AT_specification:
4535 return "DW_AT_specification";
4536 case DW_AT_static_link:
4537 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4539 return "DW_AT_type";
4540 case DW_AT_use_location:
4541 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4542 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4543 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4544 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4545 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4546 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4547 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4549 case DW_AT_allocated:
4550 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4551 case DW_AT_associated:
4552 return "DW_AT_associated";
4553 case DW_AT_data_location:
4554 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4556 return "DW_AT_stride";
4557 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4558 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4559 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4560 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4561 case DW_AT_extension:
4562 return "DW_AT_extension";
4564 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4565 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4566 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4567 case DW_AT_call_column:
4568 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4569 case DW_AT_call_file:
4570 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4571 case DW_AT_call_line:
4572 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4574 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4575 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4576 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4577 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4578 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4579 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4580 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4581 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4582 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4583 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4584 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4585 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4586 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4587 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4588 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4589 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4590 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4591 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4592 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4593 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4594 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4595 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4597 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4598 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4599 case DW_AT_src_info:
4600 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4601 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4602 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4603 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4604 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4605 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4606 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4607 case DW_AT_body_end:
4608 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4609 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4610 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4612 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4613 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4616 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4620 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4623 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4628 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4629 case DW_FORM_block2:
4630 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4631 case DW_FORM_block4:
4632 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4634 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4636 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4638 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4639 case DW_FORM_string:
4640 return "DW_FORM_string";
4642 return "DW_FORM_block";
4643 case DW_FORM_block1:
4644 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4646 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4648 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4650 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4652 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4654 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4655 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4656 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4658 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4660 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4662 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4664 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4665 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4666 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4667 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4668 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4670 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4674 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4675 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4676 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4677 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4681 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4683 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4686 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4687 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4688 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4689 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4692 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4693 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4694 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4696 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4699 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4700 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4701 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4702 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4706 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4708 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4710 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4711 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4712 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4713 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4716 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4721 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4725 ret_val = lookahead;
4726 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4727 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4729 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4731 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4732 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4733 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4734 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4735 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4736 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4737 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4738 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4744 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4745 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4749 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4751 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4753 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4754 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4756 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4757 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4759 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4760 context = NULL_TREE;
4765 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4766 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4769 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4771 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4773 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4774 die->die_attr = attr;
4778 static inline enum dw_val_class
4779 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4781 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4784 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4787 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4789 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4791 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4792 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4793 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4794 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4795 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4798 static inline unsigned
4799 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4801 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4802 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4805 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4808 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4810 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4812 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4813 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4814 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4815 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4816 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4819 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4820 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4822 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4823 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4826 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4829 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4830 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4832 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4834 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4835 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4836 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4837 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4838 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4841 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4842 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4844 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4845 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4848 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4851 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4852 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4854 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4856 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4857 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4858 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4859 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4860 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4861 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4864 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4867 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4868 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4870 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4872 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4873 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4874 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4875 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4876 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4877 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4878 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4881 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4884 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4886 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4890 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4892 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4893 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4896 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4899 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4901 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4902 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4905 if (! debug_str_hash)
4906 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4907 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4909 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4910 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4912 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4913 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4914 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4917 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4918 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4919 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4920 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4921 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4924 static inline const char *
4925 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4927 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4928 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4931 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4932 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4935 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4937 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4941 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4943 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4947 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4949 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4950 always better to put it inline. */
4951 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4952 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4954 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4955 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4957 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4958 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4959 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4962 ++dw2_string_counter;
4963 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4965 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4968 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4971 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4973 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4975 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4976 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4977 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4978 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4979 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4980 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4983 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4984 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4987 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4989 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4990 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4991 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4994 static inline dw_die_ref
4995 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4997 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4998 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5002 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5004 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5005 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5011 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5013 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5014 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5017 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5020 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5022 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5024 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5025 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5026 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5027 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5028 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5031 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5034 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5036 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5038 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5039 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5040 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5041 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5042 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5045 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5046 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5048 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5049 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5053 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5055 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5057 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5058 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5059 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5060 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5061 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5062 have_location_lists = 1;
5065 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5066 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5068 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5069 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5072 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5075 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5077 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5079 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5080 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5081 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5082 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5083 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5087 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5089 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5090 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5093 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5096 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5098 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5100 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5101 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5102 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5103 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5104 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5107 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5110 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5112 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5114 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5115 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5116 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5117 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5118 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5121 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5124 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5125 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5127 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5129 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5130 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5131 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5132 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5133 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5136 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5139 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5140 long unsigned int offset)
5142 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5144 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5145 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5146 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5147 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5148 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5151 static inline const char *
5152 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5154 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5155 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5156 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5159 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5162 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5165 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5169 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5170 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5172 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5173 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5177 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5183 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5184 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5185 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5187 static inline const char *
5188 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5190 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5192 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5195 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5196 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5197 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5199 static inline const char *
5200 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5202 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5204 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5207 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5208 NULL if it is not present. */
5210 static inline const char *
5211 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5213 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5215 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5218 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5219 if it is not present. */
5222 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5224 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5226 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5229 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5230 if it is not present. */
5232 static inline unsigned
5233 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5235 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5237 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5240 static inline dw_die_ref
5241 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5243 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5245 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5248 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5253 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5255 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5256 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5259 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5264 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5265 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5268 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5273 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5275 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5276 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5277 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5280 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5285 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5287 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5290 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5295 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5297 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5300 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5302 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5304 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5306 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5307 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5308 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5311 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5314 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5317 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5321 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5322 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5325 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5334 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5337 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5339 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5340 current = die->die_child;
5342 while (current != NULL)
5344 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5346 next = current->die_sib;
5348 die->die_child = next;
5350 prev->die_sib = next;
5357 current = current->die_sib;
5362 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5365 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5367 remove_children (die);
5370 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5373 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5375 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5377 die->die_child = NULL;
5379 while (child_die != NULL)
5381 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5384 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5386 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5388 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5390 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5398 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5399 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5402 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5404 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5406 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5408 child_die->die_parent = die;
5409 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5410 die->die_child = child_die;
5414 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5415 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5418 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5422 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5423 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5424 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5426 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5432 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5433 || (child->die_parent
5434 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5436 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5439 *p = child->die_sib;
5443 child->die_parent = parent;
5444 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5445 parent->die_child = child;
5448 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5450 static inline dw_die_ref
5451 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5453 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5455 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5457 if (parent_die != NULL)
5458 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5461 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5463 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5464 limbo_node->die = die;
5465 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5466 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5467 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5473 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5475 static inline dw_die_ref
5476 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5478 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5481 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5484 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5486 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5489 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5492 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5494 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5497 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5500 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5502 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5505 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5507 static inline dw_die_ref
5508 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5510 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5513 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5516 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5518 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5521 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5525 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5527 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5530 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5532 static inline var_loc_list *
5533 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5535 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5538 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5541 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5543 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5546 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5548 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5551 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5554 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5556 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5560 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5563 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5564 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5572 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5573 we have nothing to do. */
5574 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5575 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5577 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5578 temp->last->next = loc;
5582 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5583 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5590 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5591 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5592 the DIE internal representation. */
5593 static int print_indent;
5595 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5598 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5600 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5603 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5604 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5607 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5612 print_spaces (outfile);
5613 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5614 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5615 print_spaces (outfile);
5616 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5617 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5619 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5621 print_spaces (outfile);
5622 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5624 switch (AT_class (a))
5626 case dw_val_class_addr:
5627 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5629 case dw_val_class_offset:
5630 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5632 case dw_val_class_loc:
5633 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5635 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5636 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5637 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5639 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5640 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5642 case dw_val_class_const:
5643 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5645 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5646 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5648 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5649 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5650 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5651 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5653 case dw_val_class_vec:
5654 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5656 case dw_val_class_flag:
5657 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5659 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5660 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5662 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5663 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5665 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5668 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5670 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5671 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5672 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5674 case dw_val_class_str:
5675 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5676 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5678 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5684 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5687 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5690 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5691 print_die (c, outfile);
5695 if (print_indent == 0)
5696 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5699 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5700 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5703 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5706 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5708 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5709 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5711 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5712 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5713 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5714 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5715 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5716 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5719 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5722 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5725 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5727 print_die (die, stderr);
5730 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5731 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5737 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5738 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5739 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5742 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5743 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5744 they are in order of addition. */
5747 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5749 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5750 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5752 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5754 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5755 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5761 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5768 die->die_child = cp;
5771 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5772 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5773 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5774 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5775 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5778 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5782 reverse_die_lists (die);
5784 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5785 reverse_all_dies (c);
5788 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5789 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5790 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5793 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5795 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5796 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5798 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5802 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5805 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5807 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5809 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5813 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5814 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5816 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5819 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5821 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5822 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5823 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5826 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5829 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5831 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5834 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5836 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5837 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5838 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5839 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5840 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5843 switch (AT_class (at))
5845 case dw_val_class_const:
5846 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5848 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5849 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5851 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5852 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5854 case dw_val_class_vec:
5855 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5857 case dw_val_class_flag:
5858 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5860 case dw_val_class_str:
5861 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5864 case dw_val_class_addr:
5866 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5867 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5870 case dw_val_class_offset:
5871 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5874 case dw_val_class_loc:
5875 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5876 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5879 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5880 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5883 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5884 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5885 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5893 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5896 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5901 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5904 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5907 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5909 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5911 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5912 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5914 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5915 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5919 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5921 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5923 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5925 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5926 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5927 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5930 /* Do the values look the same? */
5932 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5934 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5937 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5940 switch (v1->val_class)
5942 case dw_val_class_const:
5943 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5944 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5945 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5946 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5947 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5948 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5949 case dw_val_class_vec:
5950 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5951 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5953 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5954 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5957 case dw_val_class_flag:
5958 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5959 case dw_val_class_str:
5960 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5962 case dw_val_class_addr:
5963 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5964 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5965 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5967 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5968 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5970 case dw_val_class_offset:
5971 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5973 case dw_val_class_loc:
5974 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5976 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5977 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5979 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5981 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5982 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5984 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5985 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5986 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5994 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5997 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5999 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6002 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6003 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6004 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6005 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6006 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6009 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6012 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6015 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6020 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6022 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6023 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6025 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6028 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6030 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6031 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6036 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6038 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6039 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6047 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6050 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6053 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6055 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6056 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6061 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6063 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6065 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6066 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6068 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6069 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6072 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6074 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6075 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6076 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6079 unsigned char checksum[16];
6082 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6083 the name filename of the unit. */
6085 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6087 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6088 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6089 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6091 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6092 clean_symbol_name (name);
6094 p = name + strlen (name);
6095 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6097 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6101 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6102 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6105 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6108 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6110 switch (die->die_tag)
6112 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6113 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6114 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6115 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6116 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6117 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6118 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6119 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6120 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6121 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6122 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6123 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6124 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6125 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6126 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6127 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6128 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6129 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6136 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6137 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6138 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6139 compilations (functions). */
6142 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6144 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6145 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6146 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6147 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6149 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6152 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6153 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6154 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6155 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6157 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6159 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6162 return is_type_die (c);
6165 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6166 compilation unit. */
6169 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6171 return (is_type_die (c)
6172 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6173 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6177 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6181 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6182 return xstrdup (buf);
6185 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6188 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6192 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6194 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6196 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6198 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6199 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6200 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6203 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6206 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6207 assign_symbol_names (c);
6210 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6213 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6214 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6217 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6219 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6221 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6223 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6227 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6229 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6230 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6232 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6236 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6238 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6248 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6251 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6253 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6254 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6256 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6258 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6259 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6263 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6265 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6271 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6275 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6277 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6278 entry->next = *slot;
6284 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6286 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6288 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6290 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6291 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6295 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6298 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6299 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6300 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6303 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6306 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6307 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6308 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6310 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6312 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6314 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6315 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6317 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6320 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6322 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6325 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6327 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6331 add_child_die (unit, c);
6335 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6336 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6342 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6343 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6347 assign_symbol_names (die);
6348 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6349 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6355 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6356 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6357 &comdat_symbol_number);
6358 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6360 *pnode = node->next;
6363 pnode = &node->next;
6364 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6365 comdat_symbol_number);
6368 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6371 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6372 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6373 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6376 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6380 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6381 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6382 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6383 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6385 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6386 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6389 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6392 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6397 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6398 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6399 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6401 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6402 output_location_lists (c);
6406 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6407 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6408 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6409 die are visited recursively. */
6412 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6414 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6415 unsigned int n_alloc;
6417 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6419 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6420 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6421 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6422 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6423 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6425 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6427 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6430 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6432 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6434 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6436 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6438 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6439 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6441 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6443 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6444 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6447 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6448 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6451 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6457 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6459 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6461 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6462 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6463 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6465 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6466 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6467 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6470 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6471 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6474 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6475 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6476 build_abbrev_table (c);
6479 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6482 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6489 log = floor_log2 (value);
6492 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6497 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6498 .debug_info section. */
6500 static unsigned long
6501 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6503 unsigned long size = 0;
6506 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6507 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6509 switch (AT_class (a))
6511 case dw_val_class_addr:
6512 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6514 case dw_val_class_offset:
6515 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6517 case dw_val_class_loc:
6519 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6522 size += constant_size (lsize);
6526 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6527 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6529 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6530 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6532 case dw_val_class_const:
6533 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6535 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6536 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6538 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6539 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6541 case dw_val_class_vec:
6542 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6543 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6545 case dw_val_class_flag:
6548 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6549 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6550 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6552 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6554 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6555 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6557 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6558 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6560 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6561 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6563 case dw_val_class_str:
6564 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6565 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6567 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6577 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6578 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6579 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6580 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6583 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6587 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6588 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6590 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6593 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6594 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6595 next_die_offset += 1;
6598 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6599 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6600 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6601 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6604 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6608 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6611 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6615 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6618 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6622 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6625 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6629 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6632 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6641 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6642 unmark_all_dies (c);
6644 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6645 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6646 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6649 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6650 compilation unit. */
6652 static unsigned long
6653 size_of_pubnames (void)
6658 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6659 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6661 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6662 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6665 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6669 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6671 static unsigned long
6672 size_of_aranges (void)
6676 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6678 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6679 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6680 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6682 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6683 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6687 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6689 static enum dwarf_form
6690 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6692 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6694 case dw_val_class_addr:
6695 return DW_FORM_addr;
6696 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6697 case dw_val_class_offset:
6698 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6701 return DW_FORM_data4;
6703 return DW_FORM_data8;
6707 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6708 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6709 .debug_loc section */
6710 return DW_FORM_data4;
6711 case dw_val_class_loc:
6712 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6715 return DW_FORM_block1;
6717 return DW_FORM_block2;
6721 case dw_val_class_const:
6722 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6723 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6724 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6727 return DW_FORM_data1;
6729 return DW_FORM_data2;
6731 return DW_FORM_data4;
6733 return DW_FORM_data8;
6737 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6738 return DW_FORM_block1;
6739 case dw_val_class_vec:
6740 return DW_FORM_block1;
6741 case dw_val_class_flag:
6742 return DW_FORM_flag;
6743 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6744 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6745 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6748 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6749 return DW_FORM_data;
6750 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6751 return DW_FORM_addr;
6752 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6753 return DW_FORM_data;
6754 case dw_val_class_str:
6755 return AT_string_form (a);
6762 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6765 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6767 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6769 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6772 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6776 output_abbrev_section (void)
6778 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6782 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6784 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6788 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6790 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6791 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6795 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6796 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6798 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6799 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6800 output_value_format (a_attr);
6803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6807 /* Terminate the table. */
6808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6811 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6814 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6816 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6821 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6822 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6823 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6825 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6827 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6830 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6831 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6832 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6834 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6835 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6836 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6838 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6840 retlist->begin = begin;
6842 retlist->expr = expr;
6843 retlist->section = section;
6845 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6850 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6853 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6854 const char *begin, const char *end,
6855 const char *section)
6859 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6860 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6863 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6864 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6868 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6874 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6875 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6876 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6877 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6878 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6879 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6880 have_switched_text_section = true;
6883 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6886 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6888 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6890 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6892 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6893 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6896 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
6898 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6899 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6900 list_head->ll_symbol);
6901 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6902 "Location list end address (%s)",
6903 list_head->ll_symbol);
6907 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6908 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6909 list_head->ll_symbol);
6910 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6911 "Location list end address (%s)",
6912 list_head->ll_symbol);
6914 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6916 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6917 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6920 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6923 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6924 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6925 list_head->ll_symbol);
6926 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6927 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6928 list_head->ll_symbol);
6931 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6932 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6935 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6941 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6942 them to point to. */
6943 if (die->die_symbol)
6944 output_die_symbol (die);
6946 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6947 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6949 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6951 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6953 switch (AT_class (a))
6955 case dw_val_class_addr:
6956 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6959 case dw_val_class_offset:
6960 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6964 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6966 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6968 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6969 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6970 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6976 case dw_val_class_loc:
6977 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6979 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6980 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6982 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6985 case dw_val_class_const:
6986 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6987 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6988 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6989 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6992 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6993 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6994 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6997 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6999 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7001 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7002 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7005 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7007 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7008 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7012 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7013 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7016 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7017 first, "long long constant");
7018 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7023 case dw_val_class_vec:
7025 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7026 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7030 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7031 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7036 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7040 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7044 case dw_val_class_flag:
7045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7048 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7050 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7053 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7057 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7058 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7060 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7063 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7067 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7068 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7073 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7078 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7079 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7083 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7084 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7087 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7088 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7091 case dw_val_class_str:
7092 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7093 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7094 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7095 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7097 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7105 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7108 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7109 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7114 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7115 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7118 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7120 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7121 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7122 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7123 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7124 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7125 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7127 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7128 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7129 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7132 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7135 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7137 const char *secname;
7140 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7141 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7144 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7145 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7146 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7147 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7148 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7151 build_abbrev_table (die);
7153 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7154 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7155 calc_die_sizes (die);
7157 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7160 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7162 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7164 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7167 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7169 /* Output debugging information. */
7170 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7171 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7174 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7179 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7183 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7184 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7185 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7188 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7190 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7193 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7196 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7200 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7203 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7205 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7207 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7208 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7209 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7210 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7213 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7215 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7218 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7219 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7220 visible procedures. */
7223 output_pubnames (void)
7226 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7228 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7229 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7230 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7232 "Length of Public Names Info");
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7234 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7235 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7236 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7237 "Compilation Unit Length");
7239 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7241 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7243 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7244 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7246 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7249 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7252 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7255 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7258 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7260 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7263 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7265 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7266 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7267 (arange_table_allocated
7268 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7269 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7270 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7273 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7276 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7277 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7278 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7281 output_aranges (void)
7284 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7286 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7287 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7288 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7290 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7291 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7292 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7293 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7294 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7297 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7298 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7300 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7302 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7303 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7304 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7305 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7308 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7309 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7310 text_section_label, "Length");
7311 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7313 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7315 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7316 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7319 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7321 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7323 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7324 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7326 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7328 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7330 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7331 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7335 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7336 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7337 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7338 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7339 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7341 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7344 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7346 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7347 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7349 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7354 /* Output the terminator words. */
7355 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7356 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7359 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7363 add_ranges (tree block)
7365 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7367 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7369 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7371 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7372 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7373 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7374 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7377 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7378 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7380 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7384 output_ranges (void)
7387 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7388 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7390 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7392 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7396 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7397 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7400 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7402 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7403 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7404 base of the text section. */
7405 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
7407 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7409 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7410 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7411 text_section_label, NULL);
7414 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7415 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7416 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7417 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7420 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7421 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7422 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7429 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7430 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7436 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7439 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7440 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7441 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7442 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7443 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7446 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7450 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7451 int length; /* Path length. */
7452 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7453 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7454 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7455 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7458 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7459 the directories in the path. */
7462 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7464 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7465 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7469 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7470 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7471 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7472 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7473 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7474 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7475 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7477 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7478 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7484 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7485 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7486 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7487 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7488 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7490 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7491 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7496 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7497 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7498 slowdowns with many input files. */
7501 output_file_names (void)
7503 struct file_info *files;
7504 struct dir_info *dirs;
7513 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7514 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7521 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7522 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7523 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7525 /* Sort the file names. */
7526 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7530 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7531 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7532 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7535 /* Create a new array entry. */
7537 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7538 files[i].file_idx = i;
7540 /* Search for the file name part. */
7541 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7542 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7545 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7546 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7548 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7549 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7550 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7551 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7553 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7555 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7558 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7559 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7560 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7561 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7563 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7564 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7565 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7571 /* This is a new directory. */
7572 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7573 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7574 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7575 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7576 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7577 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7579 /* Search for a prefix. */
7580 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7581 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7582 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7583 && dirs[j].length > 1
7584 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7585 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7586 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7587 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7592 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7593 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7594 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7595 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7596 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7597 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7598 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7599 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7601 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7602 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7607 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7608 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7609 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7610 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7612 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7615 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7617 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7622 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7627 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7628 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7630 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7631 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7636 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7638 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7640 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7641 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7642 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7644 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7645 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7647 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7648 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7653 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7654 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7655 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7656 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7657 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7659 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7661 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7662 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7665 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7666 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7667 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7668 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7669 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7671 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7672 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7673 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7675 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7676 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7677 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7682 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7684 if (idx_offset == 0)
7687 /* Now write all the file names. */
7688 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7690 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7691 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7693 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7694 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7696 /* Include directory index. */
7697 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7699 /* Modification time. */
7700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7702 /* File length in bytes. */
7703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7710 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7711 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7714 output_line_info (void)
7716 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7717 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7718 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7721 unsigned long lt_index;
7722 unsigned long current_line;
7725 unsigned long current_file;
7726 unsigned long function;
7728 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7729 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7731 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7733 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7734 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7735 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7736 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7737 "Length of Source Line Info");
7738 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7740 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7741 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7742 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7744 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7745 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7746 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7747 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7748 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7749 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7750 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7751 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7753 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7756 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7757 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7758 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7760 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7762 "Special Opcode Base");
7764 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7768 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7769 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7770 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7771 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7772 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7784 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7785 output_file_names ();
7786 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7788 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7789 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7790 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7792 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7793 a series of state machine operations. */
7798 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
7799 || (last_text_section == in_named
7800 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
7801 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7803 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7804 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7806 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7809 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7810 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7813 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7814 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7815 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7816 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7817 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7821 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7823 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7824 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7825 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7826 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7827 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7828 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7830 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7833 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7835 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7836 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7840 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7841 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7843 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7845 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7848 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7850 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7851 different from the previous line. */
7852 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7854 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7856 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7857 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7861 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7862 that uses the least amount of space. */
7863 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7865 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7866 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7867 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7868 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7869 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7870 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7872 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7873 "line %lu", current_line);
7876 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7877 depending on the value being encoded. */
7878 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7879 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7880 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7881 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7885 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7886 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7889 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7893 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7894 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7898 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7899 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7901 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7911 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7913 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7914 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7917 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7918 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7919 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7920 && line_info->function == function)
7924 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7925 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7926 to handle it differently. */
7927 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7929 if (function != line_info->function)
7931 function = line_info->function;
7933 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7934 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7935 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7937 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7941 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7945 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7946 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7951 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7953 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7957 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7959 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7960 different from the previous line. */
7961 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7963 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7966 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7970 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7971 that uses the least amount of space. */
7972 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7974 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7975 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7976 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7977 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7979 "line %lu", current_line);
7982 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7983 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7984 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7997 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7998 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7999 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8004 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8005 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8009 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8010 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8014 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8015 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8016 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8017 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8020 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8027 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8028 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8031 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8032 a DIE that describes the given type.
8034 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8035 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8038 base_type_die (tree type)
8040 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8041 const char *type_name;
8042 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8043 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8045 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8050 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8051 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8053 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8056 type_name = "__unknown__";
8058 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8061 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8062 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8063 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8065 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8066 && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == char_type_node
8067 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
8068 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
8070 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8071 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8073 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8076 /* else fall through. */
8079 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8080 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8081 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8083 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8087 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8090 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8091 a user defined type for it. */
8093 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8094 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8096 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8100 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8101 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8105 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8109 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8110 if (demangle_name_func)
8111 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8113 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8114 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8115 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8116 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8118 return base_type_result;
8121 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8122 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8123 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8124 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8125 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8126 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8127 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8128 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8131 root_type (tree type)
8133 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8134 return error_mark_node;
8136 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8139 return error_mark_node;
8142 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8143 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8146 return type_main_variant (type);
8150 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8151 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8154 is_base_type (tree type)
8156 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8170 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8175 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8188 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8189 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8190 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8191 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8194 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8195 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8197 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8198 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8199 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8201 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8202 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8204 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8207 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8208 emitted as a subrange type. */
8211 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8213 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8215 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8216 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8217 or an enumeral type. */
8219 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8220 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8223 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8224 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8227 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8228 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8229 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8230 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8231 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8232 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8233 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8234 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8236 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8237 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8238 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8239 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8240 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8241 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8242 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8243 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8244 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8245 keep checking the actual size. */
8246 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8247 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8249 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8250 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8252 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8253 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8255 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8262 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8263 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8266 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8268 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8269 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8270 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8271 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8272 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8274 if (context_die == NULL)
8275 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8277 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8278 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8280 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8282 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8286 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8287 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8288 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8291 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8293 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8294 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8295 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8298 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8299 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8300 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8301 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8302 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8303 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8304 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8306 return subrange_die;
8309 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8310 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8313 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8314 dw_die_ref context_die)
8316 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8317 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8318 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8319 tree item_type = NULL;
8321 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8323 tree qualified_type;
8325 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8328 = get_qualified_type (type,
8329 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8331 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8333 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8336 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8338 return mod_type_die;
8341 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8342 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8343 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8344 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8346 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8347 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8349 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8351 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8352 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8353 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8355 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8356 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8357 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8358 type to which it refers. */
8360 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8361 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8364 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8370 else if (is_const_type)
8372 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8373 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8375 else if (is_volatile_type)
8377 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8378 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8380 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8382 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8383 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8384 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8386 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8388 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8390 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8392 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8393 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8394 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8396 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8398 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8400 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8401 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8402 else if (is_base_type (type))
8403 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8406 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8408 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8409 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8410 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8411 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8412 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8414 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8415 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8417 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8418 not the main variant. */
8419 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8420 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8423 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8424 type = qualified_type;
8428 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8430 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8431 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8432 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8433 types are possible in Ada. */
8434 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8435 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8436 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8439 if (sub_die != NULL)
8440 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8442 return mod_type_die;
8445 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8446 an enumerated type. */
8449 type_is_enum (tree type)
8451 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8454 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8457 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8459 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8461 /* We do not want to see registers that should have been eliminated. */
8462 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8463 || rtl != arg_pointer_rtx);
8464 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8465 || rtl != frame_pointer_rtx);
8467 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8469 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8470 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8473 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8476 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8477 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8478 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8481 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8483 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8485 if (*list_head != NULL)
8487 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8488 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8491 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8492 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8496 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8497 zero if there is none. */
8499 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8500 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8504 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8507 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8509 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8510 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8512 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8515 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8516 a given hard register number. */
8518 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8519 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8522 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8524 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8527 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8528 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8530 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8531 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8535 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8537 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8538 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8540 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8541 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8543 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8550 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8551 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8552 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8558 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8560 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8562 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8565 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8569 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8570 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8571 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8572 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8577 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8579 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8580 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8582 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8584 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8585 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8589 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8592 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8594 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8604 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8606 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8607 || i >= -0x80000000)
8613 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8616 /* Return an offset from an eliminable register to the post-prologue
8619 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8620 eliminate_reg_to_offset (rtx reg)
8622 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
8624 reg = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8625 if (GET_CODE (reg) == PLUS)
8627 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (reg, 1));
8628 reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
8630 gcc_assert (reg == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8631 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8636 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8638 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8639 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8641 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8643 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8644 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8645 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8646 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8647 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8649 offset += eliminate_reg_to_offset (reg);
8650 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8652 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8656 unsigned int regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8659 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8661 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8667 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8670 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8672 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8673 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8674 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8675 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8678 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8679 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8680 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8681 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8683 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8684 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8685 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8686 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8688 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8689 autoincrement addressing modes.
8691 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8692 location list for RTL.
8694 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8696 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8697 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8699 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8700 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8702 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8703 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8704 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8705 zeroth element of the array. */
8707 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8709 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8714 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8715 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8717 /* ... fall through ... */
8720 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8721 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8722 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8723 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8724 contains the given subreg. */
8725 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8727 /* ... fall through ... */
8730 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8731 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8732 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8733 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8734 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8735 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8736 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8737 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8738 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8739 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8740 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8741 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8742 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8743 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8744 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8748 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8749 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8750 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8754 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8756 /* ... fall through ... */
8759 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8760 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8764 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8765 by a different symbol. */
8766 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8769 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8771 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8774 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8775 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8780 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8781 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8782 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8783 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8788 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8789 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8790 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8791 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8795 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8797 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8802 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8804 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8805 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8806 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8807 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8809 /* ... fall through ... */
8813 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8814 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8815 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8818 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8819 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8822 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8823 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8824 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8825 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8826 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8829 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8830 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8831 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8832 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8837 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8838 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8857 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8858 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8860 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8863 mem_loc_result = op0;
8864 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8865 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8870 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8877 return mem_loc_result;
8880 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8881 This is typically a complex variable. */
8883 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8884 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8886 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8887 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8888 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8890 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8893 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8894 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8896 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8897 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8899 return cc_loc_result;
8902 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8903 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8904 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8905 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8906 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8908 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8911 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8913 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8915 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8918 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8919 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8920 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8921 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8922 contains the given subreg. */
8923 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8925 /* ... fall through ... */
8928 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8932 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8936 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8941 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8943 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8947 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8952 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8953 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8954 enum machine_mode mode;
8957 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8958 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8959 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8960 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8961 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8963 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8965 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8966 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8967 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8968 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8980 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8981 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8982 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8983 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8984 the value of LOC. */
8986 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8987 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8989 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8990 int have_address = 0;
8991 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8992 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8994 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8995 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8998 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9003 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9004 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9005 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9006 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9007 the names of types. */
9013 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9014 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9015 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9016 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9017 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9021 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9025 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9026 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9029 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9033 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9034 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9037 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9038 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9039 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9042 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9043 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9048 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9049 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9052 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9053 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9054 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9056 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9057 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9065 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9066 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9072 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9074 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9076 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9078 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9079 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9080 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9081 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9083 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9085 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9087 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9088 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9089 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9093 enum machine_mode mode;
9095 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9096 if (want_address == 2)
9097 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9099 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9102 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9105 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9111 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9116 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9120 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9121 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9124 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9129 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9132 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9133 enum machine_mode mode;
9136 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9137 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9142 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9144 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9147 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9149 /* Variable offset. */
9150 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9151 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9154 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9156 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9157 else if (bytepos < 0)
9159 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9160 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9168 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9169 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9176 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9177 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9178 enum machine_mode mode;
9180 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9182 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9183 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9184 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9189 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9190 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9195 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9201 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9206 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9208 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9209 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9217 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9219 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9220 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9233 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9237 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9238 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9240 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9244 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9245 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9246 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9256 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9263 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9270 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9277 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9292 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9293 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9294 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9297 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9298 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9301 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9315 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9319 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9325 const enum tree_code code =
9326 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9328 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9329 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9330 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9331 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9334 /* ... fall through ... */
9338 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9339 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9340 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9341 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9342 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9344 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9345 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9348 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9349 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9351 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9352 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9353 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9355 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9356 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9357 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9359 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9360 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9361 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9362 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9363 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9367 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9369 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9370 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9374 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9375 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9376 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9377 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9380 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9381 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9382 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9385 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9386 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9391 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9392 if (want_address && !have_address)
9395 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9396 if (!want_address && have_address)
9398 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9400 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9402 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9405 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9407 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9413 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9414 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9416 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9419 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9420 which is not less than the value itself. */
9422 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9423 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9425 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9428 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9429 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9430 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9434 field_type (tree decl)
9438 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9439 return integer_type_node;
9441 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9442 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9443 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9448 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9449 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9450 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9452 static inline unsigned
9453 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9455 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9458 static inline unsigned
9459 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9461 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9464 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9465 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9466 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9467 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9468 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9471 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9472 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9474 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9475 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9476 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9477 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9479 tree field_size_tree;
9480 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9481 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9482 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9484 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9487 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9489 type = field_type (decl);
9490 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9492 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9493 a flexible array member. */
9494 if (! field_size_tree)
9495 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9497 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9498 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9499 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9500 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9503 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9505 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9506 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9507 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9509 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9511 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9512 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9513 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9515 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9516 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9517 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9518 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9519 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9520 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9521 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9522 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9524 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9526 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9527 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9528 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9529 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9530 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9531 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9532 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9533 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9534 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9535 bits of the bit-field itself.
9537 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9538 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9539 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9540 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9541 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9542 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9543 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9544 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9545 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9547 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9548 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9549 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9550 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9551 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9552 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9554 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9555 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9556 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9558 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9559 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9560 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9562 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9563 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9564 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9565 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9567 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9569 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9570 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9572 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9573 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9574 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9575 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9578 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9581 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9582 associated with them. */
9584 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9586 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9587 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9588 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9591 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9592 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9595 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9598 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9599 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9600 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9601 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9602 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9603 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9606 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9607 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9608 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9609 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9610 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9611 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9612 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9613 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9614 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9618 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9620 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9621 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9623 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9625 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9626 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9628 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9629 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9630 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9631 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9633 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9635 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9637 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9639 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9640 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9641 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9643 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9644 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9645 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9647 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9648 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9649 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9651 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9652 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9653 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9654 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9656 /* Extract the offset. */
9657 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9658 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9660 /* Add it to the object address. */
9661 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9662 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9665 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9668 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9672 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9674 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9675 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9676 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9678 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9679 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9680 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9684 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9687 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9690 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9693 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9696 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9700 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9706 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9708 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9709 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9711 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9717 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9723 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9726 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9732 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9733 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9735 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9736 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9738 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9743 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9744 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9745 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9746 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9747 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9750 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9752 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9756 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9759 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9761 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9766 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9767 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9768 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9769 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9771 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9773 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9775 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9776 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9778 insert_float (rtl, array);
9779 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9783 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9784 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9786 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9787 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9794 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9795 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9796 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9797 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9801 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9803 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9804 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9806 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9807 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9809 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9817 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9818 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9825 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9826 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9829 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9830 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9832 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9833 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9838 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9839 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9844 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9845 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9847 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9848 insert_float (elt, p);
9856 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9861 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9867 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9868 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9872 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9873 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9874 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9875 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9876 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9877 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9878 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9879 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9880 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9881 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9882 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9886 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9892 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9893 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9896 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9900 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9901 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9902 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9904 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9905 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9906 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9908 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9910 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9911 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9912 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9913 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9914 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9915 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9916 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9918 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9919 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9920 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9921 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9922 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9923 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9925 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9926 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9928 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9930 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9931 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9937 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9940 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9944 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9945 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9946 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9948 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9949 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9950 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9951 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9952 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9953 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9954 referenced within the function.
9956 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9957 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9958 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9959 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9961 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9962 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9963 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9964 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9965 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9966 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9968 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9969 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9970 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9971 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9972 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9973 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9974 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9975 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9976 output at debug-time.
9978 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9979 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9980 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9981 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9982 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9983 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9984 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9985 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9986 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9987 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9988 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9989 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9990 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9992 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9993 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9994 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9995 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9996 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9997 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9998 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9999 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10000 I'd like to fix it.
10002 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10003 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10004 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10005 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10006 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10007 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10008 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10009 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10010 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10011 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10012 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10014 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10015 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10017 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10018 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10019 fixed registers. */
10020 if (! reload_completed)
10023 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10025 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10027 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10028 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10030 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10035 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10037 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10039 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10040 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10041 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10042 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10044 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10045 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10046 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10047 if (dmode == pmode)
10048 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10049 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10050 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10051 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10053 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10056 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10058 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10059 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10060 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10061 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10068 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10069 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10070 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10071 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10072 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10073 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10075 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10076 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10077 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10078 /* Not passed in memory. */
10079 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10080 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10081 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10082 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10083 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10084 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10085 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10088 /* Big endian correction check. */
10089 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10090 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10091 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10094 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10095 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10097 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10098 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10101 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10104 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10105 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10107 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10108 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10110 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10111 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10112 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10113 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10114 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10115 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10117 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10118 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10121 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10122 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10123 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10124 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10125 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10128 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10130 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10131 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10132 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10134 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10139 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10140 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10141 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10142 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10143 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10144 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10146 static const char *
10147 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10149 const char *secname;
10151 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10153 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10154 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10156 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10158 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10159 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10162 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
10163 || (last_text_section == in_named
10164 && last_text_section_name
10165 == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
10166 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10168 secname = text_section_label;
10173 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10174 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10175 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10176 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10177 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10178 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10179 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10180 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10181 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10182 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10185 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10186 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10189 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10190 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10191 struct var_loc_node *node;
10192 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10195 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10196 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10198 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10199 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10201 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10203 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10205 const char *endname, *secname;
10206 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10209 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10210 actually construct the list of locations.
10211 The first location information is what is passed to the
10212 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10213 locations just get added on to that list.
10214 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10215 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10216 the range [current location start, next location start].
10217 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10218 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10220 node = loc_list->first;
10221 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10222 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10224 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10225 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10228 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10229 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10231 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10232 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10233 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10234 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10235 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10238 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10239 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10240 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10242 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10244 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10245 if (!current_function_decl)
10246 endname = text_end_label;
10249 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10250 current_function_funcdef_no);
10251 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10253 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10254 node->label, endname, secname);
10257 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10258 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10262 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10265 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10266 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10268 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10272 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10273 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10274 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10275 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10277 node = loc_list->first;
10278 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10281 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10286 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10287 description from the tree. */
10288 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10291 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10296 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10297 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10298 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10301 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10303 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10304 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10307 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10312 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10314 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10317 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10318 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10319 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10320 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10322 static dw_loc_list_ref
10323 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10326 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10328 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10329 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10331 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10333 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10337 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10338 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10339 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10340 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10342 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10344 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10345 advance opcodes. */
10346 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10347 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10349 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10350 last_label = start_label;
10352 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10353 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10355 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10356 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10357 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10358 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10360 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10361 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10363 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10364 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10365 start_label = last_label;
10367 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10370 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10371 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10372 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10373 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10374 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10375 if it were to be required. */
10376 gcc_unreachable ();
10379 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10383 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10385 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10386 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10387 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10388 start_label = last_label;
10390 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10391 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10396 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10397 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10400 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10402 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10404 offset = eliminate_reg_to_offset (arg_pointer_rtx);
10405 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10407 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10411 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10412 the value of the attribute. */
10415 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10417 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10419 if (demangle_name_func)
10420 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10422 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10426 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10429 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10431 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10433 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10436 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10437 a representation for that bound. */
10440 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10442 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10447 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10449 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10450 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10451 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10452 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10453 /* Use the default. */
10456 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10461 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10462 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10463 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10473 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10475 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10476 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10477 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10478 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10479 later parameter. */
10480 if (decl_die != NULL)
10481 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10487 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10488 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10490 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10491 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10493 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10497 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10498 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10500 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10502 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10503 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10504 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10505 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10507 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10513 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10514 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10517 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10519 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10520 unsigned dimension_number;
10523 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10525 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10526 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10527 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10528 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10529 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10530 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10531 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10532 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10534 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10535 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10536 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10537 gen_array_type_die. */
10538 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10539 for (dimension_number = 0;
10540 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10541 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10544 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10546 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10547 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10549 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10552 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10553 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10554 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10556 /* Define the index type. */
10557 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10559 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10560 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10561 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10562 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10563 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10564 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10565 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10568 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10572 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10573 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10575 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10576 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10577 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10579 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10581 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10584 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10585 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10591 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10595 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10600 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10603 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10604 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10607 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10608 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10609 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10610 even for bit-fields. */
10611 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10614 gcc_unreachable ();
10617 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10618 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10619 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10620 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10621 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10624 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10625 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10626 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10629 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10630 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10631 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10632 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10633 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10634 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10636 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10637 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10638 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10641 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10643 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10644 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10645 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10646 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10647 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10648 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10650 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10651 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10653 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10654 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10655 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10656 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10657 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10660 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10662 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10663 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10664 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10665 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10666 below must take account of these differences. */
10667 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10668 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10670 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10672 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10673 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10677 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10678 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10679 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10681 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10684 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10685 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10688 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10690 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10691 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10692 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10694 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10695 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10698 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10699 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10702 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10704 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10705 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10706 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10709 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10710 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10714 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10716 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10718 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10720 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10721 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10722 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10724 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10725 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10729 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10731 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10733 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10736 if (DECL_P (origin))
10737 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10738 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10739 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10741 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10742 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10743 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10744 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10745 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10746 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10747 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10751 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10754 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10757 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10759 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10761 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10763 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10764 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10765 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10766 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10769 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10770 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10771 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10772 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10776 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10779 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10781 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10782 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10784 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10785 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10788 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10789 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10792 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10796 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10797 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10799 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10800 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10801 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10803 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10804 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10805 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10806 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10807 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10808 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10811 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10812 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10813 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10814 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10816 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10817 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10818 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10823 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10826 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10828 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10831 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10834 pop_decl_scope (void)
10836 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10839 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10840 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10841 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10842 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10843 the current active scope. */
10846 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10848 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10849 tree containing_scope;
10852 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10853 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10855 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10857 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10858 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10860 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10863 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10866 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10867 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10868 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10869 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10870 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10872 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10873 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10874 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10876 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10877 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10878 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10879 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10880 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10885 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10886 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10888 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10889 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10892 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10895 scope_die = context_die;
10900 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10903 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10905 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10906 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10907 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10913 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10914 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10917 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10919 return (context_die
10920 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10921 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10922 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10925 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10926 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10927 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10930 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10931 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10933 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10934 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10936 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10937 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10938 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10939 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10940 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10941 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10942 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10944 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10945 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10946 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10947 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10948 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10951 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10952 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10953 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10956 if (type_die != NULL)
10957 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10960 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10961 function call type. */
10963 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10965 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10967 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10969 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10970 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10971 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10972 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10975 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10976 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10977 was declared without a tag. */
10979 static const char *
10980 type_tag (tree type)
10982 const char *name = 0;
10984 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10988 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10989 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10990 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10992 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10993 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10995 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10996 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10997 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10999 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11001 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11004 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11007 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11008 for bit field types. */
11011 member_declared_type (tree member)
11013 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11014 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11017 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11018 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11021 static const char *
11022 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11025 const char *fnname;
11027 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11028 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11031 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11033 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11038 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11039 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11040 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11043 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11045 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11046 dw_die_ref array_die;
11049 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11050 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11051 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11052 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11053 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11056 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11057 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11058 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11060 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11062 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11063 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11064 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11065 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11069 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11070 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11071 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11072 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11073 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11074 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11075 for multidimensional arrays. */
11076 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11079 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11080 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11081 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11082 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11083 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11086 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11088 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11089 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11091 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11092 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11093 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11094 add_subscript_info. */
11095 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11096 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11097 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11099 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11102 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11107 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11109 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11110 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11112 if (origin != NULL)
11113 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11116 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11117 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11118 0, 0, context_die);
11121 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11122 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11124 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11128 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11129 emit full debugging info for them. */
11132 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11136 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11137 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11140 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11143 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11145 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11147 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11148 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11149 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11152 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11155 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11157 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11159 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11160 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11161 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11164 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11167 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11169 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11171 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11172 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11173 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11176 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11177 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11178 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11182 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11184 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11186 if (type_die == NULL)
11188 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11189 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11190 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11191 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11193 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11196 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11198 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11199 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11200 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11201 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11205 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11206 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11207 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11208 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11210 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11211 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11212 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11213 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11215 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11216 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11218 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11219 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11221 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11222 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11224 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11225 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11226 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11227 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11228 values as if they were signed. That means that
11229 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11230 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11231 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11232 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11236 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11241 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11242 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11245 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11246 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11247 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11248 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11249 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11250 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11251 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11252 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11255 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11257 dw_die_ref parm_die
11258 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11261 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11263 case tcc_declaration:
11264 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11265 if (origin != NULL)
11266 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11269 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11270 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11271 TREE_READONLY (node),
11272 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11274 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11275 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11278 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11279 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11280 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11285 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11286 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11290 gcc_unreachable ();
11296 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11297 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11300 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11302 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11305 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11306 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11307 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11308 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11311 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11314 tree formal_type = NULL;
11315 tree first_parm_type;
11318 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11320 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11321 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11326 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11328 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11329 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11330 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11332 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11334 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11335 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11338 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11339 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11340 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11341 && link == first_parm_type)
11342 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11343 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11345 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11347 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11350 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11351 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11352 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11353 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11355 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11356 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11357 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11358 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11359 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11360 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11363 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11364 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11365 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11366 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11367 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11370 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11372 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11374 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11375 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11376 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11377 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11379 dw_die_ref type_die;
11380 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11382 push_decl_scope (type);
11383 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11384 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11385 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11386 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11388 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11389 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11390 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11391 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11392 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11394 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11395 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11399 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11405 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11406 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11409 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11411 dw_die_ref old_die;
11414 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11416 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11417 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11419 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11420 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11421 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11424 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11425 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11426 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11428 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11430 gen_type_die_for_member
11431 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11434 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11435 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11436 current_function_decl = decl;
11438 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11439 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11440 if (! was_abstract)
11441 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11443 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11446 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11450 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11452 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11453 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11454 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11457 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11458 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11459 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11461 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11462 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11463 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11464 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11465 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11467 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11468 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11471 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11474 if (origin != NULL)
11476 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11478 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11479 inline function. */
11480 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11481 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11483 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11484 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11488 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11489 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11491 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11492 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11493 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11494 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11495 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11497 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11498 something we have already output. */
11502 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11503 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11504 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11505 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11506 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11507 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11508 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11509 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11510 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11511 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11512 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11513 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11515 subr_die = old_die;
11517 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11518 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11519 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11520 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11521 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11522 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11523 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11527 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11528 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11529 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11530 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11531 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11532 != (unsigned) s.line)
11534 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11539 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11541 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11542 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11544 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11545 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11547 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11548 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11549 0, 0, context_die);
11552 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11553 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11554 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11556 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11557 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11558 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11559 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11564 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11566 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11568 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11569 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11570 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11571 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11573 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11574 later reused to represent definition. */
11575 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11578 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11580 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11582 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11583 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11585 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11589 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11590 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11592 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11595 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11597 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11599 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11600 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11602 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11604 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11605 current_function_funcdef_no);
11606 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11607 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11608 current_function_funcdef_no);
11609 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11611 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11612 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11615 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11616 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11617 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11619 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11620 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11621 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11622 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11624 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11625 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11626 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11630 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11631 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11632 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11635 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
11636 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11637 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11638 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11639 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11640 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11641 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11642 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11644 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11645 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11646 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11647 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11649 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11650 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11651 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11653 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11656 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11657 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11658 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11659 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11660 by this displacement. */
11661 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11663 /* For targets which support DWARF2, but not DWARF2 call-frame info,
11664 we just use the stack pointer or frame pointer. */
11665 /* ??? Should investigate getting better info via callbacks, or else
11666 by interpreting the IA-64 unwind info. */
11669 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11670 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11674 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11675 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11676 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11679 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11680 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11681 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11682 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11683 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11684 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11685 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11686 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11687 an ellipsis at the end. */
11689 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11690 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11691 its formal parameters. */
11692 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11694 else if (declaration)
11695 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11698 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11699 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11702 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11703 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11704 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11705 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11707 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11708 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11709 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11710 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11712 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11715 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11716 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11717 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11718 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11719 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11720 parameters at all. */
11721 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11722 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11724 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11725 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11726 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11728 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11729 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11732 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11733 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11734 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11736 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11737 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11738 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11739 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11740 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11741 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11742 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11744 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11745 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11746 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11747 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11748 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11749 constructor function. */
11750 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11752 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11753 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11754 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11756 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11757 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11759 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11760 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11762 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11763 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11765 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11766 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11771 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11772 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11776 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11779 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11781 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11782 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11784 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11785 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11786 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11787 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11788 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11789 the program. For example, consider the C++
11793 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11798 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11800 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11801 definition is required, so the compiler will
11802 not emit a definition. */
11803 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11804 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11805 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11807 if (origin != NULL)
11808 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11810 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11811 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11813 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11814 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11817 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11819 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11820 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11821 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11823 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11824 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11826 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11827 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11828 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11830 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11831 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11833 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11834 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11836 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11837 != (unsigned) s.line)
11839 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11844 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11845 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11846 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11848 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11849 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11851 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11852 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11854 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11855 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11856 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11857 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11861 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11863 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11864 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11866 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11868 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11869 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11872 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11875 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11878 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11880 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11881 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11883 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11885 if (origin != NULL)
11886 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11888 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11890 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11891 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11894 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11896 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11897 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11898 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11902 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11904 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11905 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11906 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11907 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11908 it if it ever does happen. */
11909 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11911 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11912 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11917 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11918 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11919 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11922 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11924 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11925 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11927 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11928 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11931 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11932 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11935 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11937 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11939 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11943 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11945 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11948 add_ranges (chain);
11949 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11956 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11957 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11958 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11959 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11960 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11961 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11965 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11968 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11970 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11972 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11973 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
11975 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11978 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11981 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11983 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11985 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11986 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11987 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11988 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11989 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11991 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11993 dw_die_ref subr_die
11994 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11996 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11997 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
11998 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12000 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12001 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12004 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12005 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12006 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12007 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12008 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12009 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12010 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12011 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12012 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12013 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12014 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12016 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12019 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12022 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12024 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12026 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12029 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12030 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12031 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12032 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12035 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12037 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12038 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12039 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12042 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12043 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12045 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12046 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12048 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12049 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12050 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12051 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12053 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12054 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12058 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12059 Use modified_type_die instead.
12060 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12061 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12064 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12067 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12069 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12070 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12071 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12074 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12075 Use modified_type_die instead.
12076 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12077 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12080 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12083 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12085 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12086 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12087 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12091 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12094 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12097 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12098 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12100 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12101 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12102 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12103 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12106 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12109 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12112 char producer[250];
12113 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12116 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12120 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12121 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12122 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12123 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12126 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12128 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12129 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12130 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12131 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12132 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12133 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12134 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12135 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12136 strcat (producer, " -g");
12139 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12141 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12142 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12143 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12144 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12145 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12146 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12147 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12148 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12149 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12150 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12151 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12152 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12154 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12156 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12160 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12163 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12165 dw_die_ref type_die
12166 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12168 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12170 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12171 TODO: add string length info. */
12173 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12174 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12178 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12181 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12183 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12185 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12186 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12188 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12189 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12191 if (access == access_public_node)
12192 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12193 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12194 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12197 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12200 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12203 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12206 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12207 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12208 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12209 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12210 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12211 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12212 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12213 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12214 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12215 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12216 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12218 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12221 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12225 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12226 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12227 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12228 : access_public_node), context_die);
12231 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12232 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12234 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12235 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12236 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12237 do put them in the right order. */
12239 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12241 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12243 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12246 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12247 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12249 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12250 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12253 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12255 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12257 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12261 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12262 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12263 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12266 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12268 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12269 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12271 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12272 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12273 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12274 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12276 if (type_die && ! complete)
12279 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12280 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12281 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12284 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12286 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12287 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12289 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12291 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12292 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12294 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12296 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12298 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12301 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12303 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12304 then give a list of members. */
12305 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12307 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12308 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12309 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12310 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12311 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12312 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12314 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12315 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12316 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12317 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12319 push_decl_scope (type);
12320 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12323 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12324 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12326 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12328 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12329 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12330 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12335 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12337 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12338 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12339 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12340 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12344 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12347 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12349 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12350 dw_die_ref subr_die
12351 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12352 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12354 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12355 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12356 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12357 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12360 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12363 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12365 dw_die_ref type_die;
12368 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12371 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12372 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12373 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12374 if (origin != NULL)
12375 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12380 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12381 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12383 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12385 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12386 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12389 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12391 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12392 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12395 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12396 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12399 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12402 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12406 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12409 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12410 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12412 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12415 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12416 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12418 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12419 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12423 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12424 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12425 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12426 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12427 cloned type itself). */
12428 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12429 type = type_main_variant (type);
12431 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12434 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12440 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12441 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12442 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12443 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12444 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12446 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12448 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12449 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12450 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12454 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12455 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12456 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12458 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12459 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12461 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12463 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12466 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12467 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12468 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12469 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12473 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12474 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12475 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12479 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12481 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12482 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12485 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12489 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12492 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12495 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12496 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12497 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12498 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12499 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12500 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12501 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12502 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12503 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12504 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12506 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12508 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12511 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12512 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12513 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12518 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12522 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12523 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12525 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12530 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12531 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12532 when appropriate. */
12541 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12545 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12549 gcc_unreachable ();
12552 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12555 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12558 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12560 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12563 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12564 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12565 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12567 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12569 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12570 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12572 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12577 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12578 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12582 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12586 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12587 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12591 gcc_unreachable ();
12595 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12596 things which are local to the given block. */
12599 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12601 int must_output_die = 0;
12604 enum tree_code origin_code;
12606 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12607 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12610 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12611 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12612 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12613 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12617 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12618 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12623 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12624 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12625 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12626 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12627 the current block. */
12628 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12629 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12631 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12633 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12634 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12635 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12636 must_output_die = 1;
12639 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12640 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12641 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12642 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12643 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12644 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12645 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12646 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12648 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12649 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12650 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12651 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12652 as being a "significant" one. */
12653 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12654 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12655 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12656 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12658 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12659 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12660 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12661 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12662 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12663 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12665 must_output_die = 1;
12671 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12672 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12673 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12674 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12675 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12676 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12677 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12678 if (must_output_die)
12680 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12681 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12683 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12686 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12689 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12690 all of its sub-blocks. */
12693 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12698 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12699 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12702 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12704 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12705 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12706 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12707 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12708 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12712 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12713 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12714 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12715 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12719 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12720 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12721 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12722 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12723 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12724 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12727 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12731 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12732 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12735 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12736 therein) of this block. */
12737 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12739 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12740 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12743 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12746 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12748 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12751 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12752 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12753 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12754 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12755 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12756 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12762 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12765 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12767 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12768 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12769 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12770 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12773 dw_die_ref context_die;
12774 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12777 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12778 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12779 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12781 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12784 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12786 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12788 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12789 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12790 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12791 declaration die. */
12792 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12793 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12794 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12795 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12799 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12800 gen_decl_die() call. */
12801 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12802 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12803 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12804 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12807 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12808 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12812 gcc_unreachable ();
12815 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12817 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12818 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12824 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12827 force_type_die (tree type)
12829 dw_die_ref type_die;
12831 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12834 dw_die_ref context_die;
12835 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12836 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12837 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12839 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12841 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12843 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12844 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12845 gcc_assert (type_die);
12850 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12851 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12854 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12856 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12857 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12858 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12859 /* Force out the namespace. */
12860 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12862 return context_die;
12865 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12866 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12868 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12869 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12872 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12874 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12876 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12879 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12880 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12881 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12882 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12885 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12887 if (ns_context != context_die)
12889 if (DECL_P (thing))
12890 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12892 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12896 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12899 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12901 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12903 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12904 they are an alias of. */
12905 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12907 /* Output a real namespace. */
12908 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12909 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12910 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12911 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12915 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12917 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12918 dw_die_ref origin_die
12919 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12921 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12922 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12923 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12924 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12925 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12926 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12930 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12933 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12937 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12940 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12946 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12947 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12950 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12951 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12952 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12953 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12954 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12959 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12960 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12961 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12962 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12965 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12966 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12967 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12969 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12970 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12971 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12972 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12973 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12974 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12975 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12976 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12977 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12979 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12980 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12983 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12984 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12986 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12987 have described its return type. */
12988 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12990 /* And its virtual context. */
12991 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12992 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12994 /* And its containing type. */
12995 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12996 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12997 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12999 /* And its containing namespace. */
13000 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13003 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13004 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13008 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13009 actual typedefs. */
13010 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13013 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13014 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13015 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13016 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13017 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13018 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13019 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13021 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13025 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13026 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13028 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13029 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13033 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13034 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13039 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13040 variable declarations or definitions. */
13041 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13044 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13046 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13048 /* And its containing type. */
13049 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13050 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13051 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13053 /* And its containing namespace. */
13054 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13056 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13057 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13058 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13060 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13061 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13062 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13064 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13068 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13069 anonymous unions and structs. */
13070 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13071 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13072 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13074 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13075 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13080 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13081 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13084 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13085 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13089 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13090 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13095 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13098 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13100 unsigned int file_index;
13102 if (filename != NULL)
13104 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13105 tree context_list_decl
13106 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13109 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13110 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13111 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13112 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13113 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13117 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13118 compilation proper has finished. */
13121 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13123 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13124 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13125 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13126 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13127 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13128 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13131 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13132 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13134 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13137 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13140 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13143 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13145 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13146 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13147 unsigned file_index;
13148 expanded_location xloc;
13150 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13155 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13156 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13159 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13160 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13162 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13163 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13164 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13166 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13168 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13169 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13170 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13173 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13174 if (!at_import_die)
13176 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13177 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13178 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13180 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13181 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13183 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13184 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13185 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13187 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13189 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13190 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13192 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13196 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13197 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13198 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13200 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13202 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13203 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13204 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13205 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13206 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13209 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13212 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13214 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13216 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13221 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13222 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13223 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13224 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13225 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13226 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13227 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13228 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13229 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13230 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13231 with the definition of the function.
13233 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13234 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13235 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13236 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13237 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13238 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13239 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13240 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13241 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13242 that they *are* definitions).
13244 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13245 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13246 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13247 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13248 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13249 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13252 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13253 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13254 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13255 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13256 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13257 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13258 context_die = NULL;
13262 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13263 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13264 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13265 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13266 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13267 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13268 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13269 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13270 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13273 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13274 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13275 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13277 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13278 variable declarations or definitions. */
13279 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13283 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13284 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13286 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13291 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13292 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13295 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13296 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13297 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13299 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13300 comparisons have. */
13301 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13302 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13303 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13304 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13305 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13310 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13311 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13314 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13315 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13316 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13317 context_die = NULL;
13325 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13328 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13329 a lexical block. */
13332 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13333 unsigned int blocknum)
13335 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13336 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13339 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13343 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13345 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13346 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13349 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13350 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13352 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13353 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13354 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13357 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13361 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13362 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13363 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13369 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13370 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13371 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13372 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13373 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13374 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13375 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13376 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13377 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13381 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13384 char *save_file_name;
13386 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13387 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13388 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13391 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13392 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13393 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13396 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13397 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13398 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13399 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13401 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13405 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13406 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13407 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13408 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13409 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13411 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13412 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13413 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13414 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13416 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13417 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13422 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13423 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13424 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13425 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13426 types, which may include filenames. */
13429 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13431 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13433 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13435 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13436 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13437 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13438 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13439 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13440 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13442 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13448 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13451 init_file_table (void)
13453 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13454 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13455 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13457 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13458 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13459 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13460 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13463 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13464 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13465 our lookup table. */
13468 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13470 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13471 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13473 static rtx last_insn;
13474 static const char *last_label;
13477 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13479 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13481 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13482 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13483 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13485 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13486 && last_insn == prev_insn
13487 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13488 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13490 newloc->label = last_label;
13494 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13495 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13497 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13499 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13500 newloc->next = NULL;
13503 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
13504 || (last_text_section == in_named
13505 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
13506 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13508 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13510 last_insn = loc_note;
13511 last_label = newloc->label;
13512 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13513 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13514 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13515 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13516 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13519 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13520 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13521 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13522 that hook is called. */
13525 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13527 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13530 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13531 and record information relating to this source line, in
13532 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13535 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13537 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13540 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13542 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13543 if (flag_debug_asm)
13544 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13547 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13549 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13551 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13553 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13554 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13556 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13557 line_info_table_in_use++;
13559 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13560 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13561 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13563 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13565 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13566 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13567 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13569 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13570 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13571 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13573 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13574 separate_line_info_table
13575 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13576 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13577 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13578 memset (separate_line_info_table
13579 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13581 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13582 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13585 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13587 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13588 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13589 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13590 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13594 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13596 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13597 line_info_table_in_use);
13599 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13600 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13602 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13604 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13605 (line_info_table_allocated
13606 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13607 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13608 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13611 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13612 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13613 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13614 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13619 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13622 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13624 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13626 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13627 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13629 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13630 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13633 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13637 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13639 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13642 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13643 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13647 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13650 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13652 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13653 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13654 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13656 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13658 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13663 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13664 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13665 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13668 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13669 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13671 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13673 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13675 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13676 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13680 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13681 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13682 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13685 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13686 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13688 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13690 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13692 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13693 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13697 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13700 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13702 init_file_table ();
13704 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13705 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13706 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13708 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13709 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13710 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13712 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13713 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13715 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13716 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13717 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13718 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13719 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13720 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13722 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13723 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13724 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13725 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13727 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13728 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13730 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13731 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13732 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13733 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13734 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13735 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13736 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13738 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13740 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13744 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13747 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13748 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13751 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13753 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13754 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13755 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13756 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13757 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13758 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13759 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13760 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13761 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13763 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13765 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13766 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13767 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13768 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13773 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13775 unlikely_text_section ();
13776 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13780 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13781 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13784 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13786 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13788 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13790 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13792 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13800 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13801 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13804 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13808 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13809 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13813 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13814 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13817 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13821 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13823 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13825 /* A reference to another DIE.
13826 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13827 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13829 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13831 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13832 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13833 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13839 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13840 to DIE's children. */
13843 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13847 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13849 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13852 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13853 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13854 if (die->die_parent)
13855 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13857 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13858 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13860 /* If this node is a specification,
13861 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13862 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13863 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13866 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13868 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13869 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13873 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13875 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13876 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13877 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13878 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13880 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13886 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13889 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13893 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13897 switch (die->die_tag) {
13898 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13899 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13900 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13901 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13902 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13903 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13904 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13905 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13906 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13907 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13908 case DW_TAG_friend:
13909 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13910 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13911 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13912 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13913 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13914 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13915 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13916 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13917 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13921 /* Mark everything else. */
13927 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13928 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13930 /* Mark children. */
13931 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13932 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13936 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13939 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13941 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13943 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13946 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13951 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13959 die->die_child = n;
13966 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13969 prune_unused_types (void)
13972 limbo_die_node *node;
13974 /* Clear all the marks. */
13975 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13976 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13977 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13979 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13980 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13981 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13982 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13984 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13985 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13986 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13987 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13988 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13989 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13991 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13992 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13993 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13994 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13996 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13997 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13998 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13999 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14002 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14003 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14006 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14008 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14009 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14011 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14012 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14013 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14014 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14015 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14016 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14019 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14020 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14021 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14022 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14024 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14029 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14030 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14031 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14032 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14034 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14036 next_node = node->next;
14039 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14041 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14044 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14045 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14047 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14048 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14049 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14052 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14053 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14054 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14055 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14056 this to be a child of the containing function.
14058 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14059 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14060 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14061 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14062 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14064 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14066 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14067 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14068 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14069 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14071 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14073 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14075 add_child_die (origin, die);
14077 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14082 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14084 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14085 emit full debugging info for them. */
14086 retry_incomplete_types ();
14088 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14089 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14090 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14092 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14093 prune_unused_types ();
14095 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14096 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14097 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14098 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14100 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14101 that have children. */
14102 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14103 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14104 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14106 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14108 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14109 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14111 unlikely_text_section ();
14112 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14115 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14116 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14117 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14118 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14119 examining the file. */
14120 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14122 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14123 output_line_info ();
14126 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14127 if (have_location_lists)
14129 /* Output the location lists info. */
14130 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14131 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14132 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14133 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14134 output_location_lists (die);
14135 have_location_lists = 0;
14138 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14140 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
14142 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14143 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14146 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14147 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14148 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14149 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14151 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14152 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14153 debug_line_section_label);
14155 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14156 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14158 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14159 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14160 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14161 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14163 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14165 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14166 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14167 output_abbrev_section ();
14169 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14170 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14172 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14173 output_pubnames ();
14176 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14177 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14178 if (fde_table_in_use)
14180 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14184 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14185 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14187 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14188 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14192 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14193 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14195 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14196 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14199 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14201 if (debug_str_hash)
14202 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14206 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14207 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14209 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14211 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"